|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
|
16 * NOTE: Comment mentionning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
17 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
|
18 */
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 /*
|
|
|
21 * WARNING: Vim must be able to compile without Carbon
|
|
|
22 * As the desired minimum requirement are circa System 7
|
|
|
23 * (I want to run it on my Mac Classic) (Dany)
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
30 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
31 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
32 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
33 *
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 /* TODO: find the best place for this (Dany) */
|
|
|
37 #if 0
|
|
|
38 # if ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
39 /* Enable the new API functions even when not compiling for Carbon */
|
|
|
40 /* Apple recomends Universal Interface 3.3.2 or later */
|
|
|
41 # define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
|
|
|
42 # define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
|
|
|
43 /* Help Menu not supported by Carbon */
|
|
|
44 # define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
45 # endif
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
49 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51 /* Enable Contextual Menu Support */
|
|
|
52 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0320
|
|
|
53 # define USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
54 #endif
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /* Put Vim Help in MacOS Help */
|
|
|
57 #define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
60 #define USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
63 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
64 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
65 #endif
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 /* The VIM creator is CodeWarior specific */
|
|
|
68 #if !(defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__))
|
|
|
69 # define USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
70 #else
|
|
|
71 # if 0 /* Was this usefull for some compiler? (Dany) */
|
|
|
72 static OSType _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
73 static OSType _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
74 # endif
|
|
|
75 #endif
|
|
|
76
|
|
9
|
77 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
78 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
79
|
|
7
|
80 /* CARBON version only tested with Project Builder under MacOS X */
|
|
|
81 #undef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
82 #if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
83 # if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
84 # define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 #endif
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 #undef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
89 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
90 # define USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
91 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
92 #endif
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
|
95 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /* Debugging feature: use CodeWarior SIOUX */
|
|
|
98 #undef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
102 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
103 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
104 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
105 #include <StandardFile.h>
|
|
|
106 #include <Traps.h>
|
|
|
107 #endif
|
|
|
108 #include <Balloons.h>
|
|
|
109 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
110 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
111 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
112 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
113 #endif
|
|
|
114 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
115 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
116 #endif
|
|
|
117 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
118 # include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
119 # include <sioux.h>
|
|
|
120 # include <console.h>
|
|
|
121 #endif
|
|
|
122 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
123 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
124 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
125 #endif
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON && 0
|
|
|
128 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
|
129 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
130 #endif
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /*
|
|
|
133 * Translate new name to old ones
|
|
|
134 * New function only available in MacOS 8.5,
|
|
|
135 * So use old one to be compatible back to System 7
|
|
|
136 */
|
|
|
137 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
138 # undef EnableMenuItem
|
|
|
139 # define EnableMenuItem EnableItem
|
|
|
140 # undef DisableMenuItem
|
|
|
141 # define DisableMenuItem DisableItem
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
144 /* Carbon does not support the Get/SetControll functions,
|
|
|
145 * use Get/SetControl32Bit instead and rename for non-carbon
|
|
|
146 * systems.
|
|
|
147 */
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
150 # undef SetControl32BitMaximum
|
|
|
151 # define SetControl32BitMaximum SetControlMaximum
|
|
|
152 # undef SetControl32BitMinimum
|
|
|
153 # define SetControl32BitMinimum SetControlMinimum
|
|
|
154 # undef SetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
155 # define SetControl32BitValue SetControlValue
|
|
|
156 # undef GetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
157 # define GetControl32BitValue GetControlValue
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 /*
|
|
|
161 * ???
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
165 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
166 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
167 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 /*
|
|
|
170 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
171 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
174 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
177 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
178 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 /* ??? */
|
|
|
181 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
182 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
183 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
184 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
185 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
188 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
189 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
190 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
191 */
|
|
|
192 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
195 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
196 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
200 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
201 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
204 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 /*
|
|
|
207 * The Quickdraw global is predefined in CodeWarior
|
|
|
208 * but is not in Apple MPW
|
|
|
209 */
|
|
|
210 #if (defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__))
|
|
|
211 # if !(defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
212 QDGlobals qd;
|
|
|
213 # endif
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
217 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
218 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
219 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
220 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
227 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
228 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
229 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
230 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
231 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
232 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
233 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
234 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
235 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
236 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
237 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
238 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
239 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
240 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
243 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
246 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
247 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
248 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
249 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
252 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
253 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
254 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
255 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
256 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
259 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
260 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
261 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
264 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
265 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
266 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
267 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
268 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
269 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
270 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
271 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 static struct
|
|
|
276 {
|
|
|
277 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
278 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
279 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
280 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
281 {
|
|
|
282 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
283 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
284 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
285 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
287 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
288 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
289 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
290 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
291 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
292 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
293 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
294 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
295 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
296 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
299 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
300 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
301 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
302 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
305 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
306 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
307 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
308 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
309 #endif
|
|
|
310 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
311 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
312 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
313 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
314 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
315 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
316 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
318 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
319 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
322 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
323 };
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 /*
|
|
|
326 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
327 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
328 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
329 */
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
332 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
333 #endif
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
337 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
338 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
339 */
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /*
|
|
|
342 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
343 *
|
|
|
344 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
345 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
346 *
|
|
|
347 */
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 char_u *C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
350 {
|
|
|
351 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
352 int len;
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
354 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
355 return NULL;
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
357 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
360 len = 255;
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
363 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
364 {
|
|
|
365 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
366 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
367 }
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 return PascalString;
|
|
|
370 }
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 /*
|
|
|
373 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
374 *
|
|
|
375 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
376 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
377 *
|
|
|
378 */
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 char_u *C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
381 {
|
|
|
382 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
383 int len;
|
|
|
384 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
386 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
388 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
389 len = 255;
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
392 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
393 {
|
|
|
394 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
395 {
|
|
|
396 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 c++;
|
|
|
399 }
|
|
|
400 *p = *c;
|
|
|
401 p++;
|
|
|
402 len++;
|
|
|
403 }
|
|
|
404 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 return PascalString;
|
|
|
408 }
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
410 /*
|
|
|
411 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
412 */
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 int_u
|
|
|
415 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
416 {
|
|
|
417 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
420 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
421 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
422 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
423 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
424 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
425 #if 0
|
|
|
426 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
427 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
428 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
429 #endif
|
|
|
430 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
431 }
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
433 /*
|
|
|
434 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
435 */
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
437 static int_u
|
|
|
438 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
439 {
|
|
|
440 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
442 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
443 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
444 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
445 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
446 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
447 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
448 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
449 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
450 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
451 #endif
|
|
|
452 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
455 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
456 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
457 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
458 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
459 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
460 *
|
|
|
461 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
462 */
|
|
|
463 static int
|
|
|
464 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
465 {
|
|
|
466 int pixels;
|
|
|
467 int points = 0;
|
|
|
468 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 while (*str)
|
|
|
471 {
|
|
|
472 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
473 {
|
|
|
474 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
475 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
476 continue;
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
480 break;
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 points *= 10;
|
|
|
483 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
484 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 ++str;
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
490 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
493 *end = str;
|
|
|
494 return pixels;
|
|
|
495 }
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 /*
|
|
|
498 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
499 * character strings.
|
|
|
500 */
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 char_u **new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
|
503 {
|
|
|
504 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
505 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
506 long fileCount;
|
|
|
507 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
508 long actualSize;
|
|
|
509 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
510 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
513 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
514 if (*error)
|
|
|
515 {
|
|
|
516 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
517 printf("fname_from_AEDesc: AECountItems error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
518 #endif
|
|
|
519 return(fnames);
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
523 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
525 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
526 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
527 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
530 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
531 {
|
|
|
532 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
533 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
534 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
535 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
536 if (newError)
|
|
|
537 {
|
|
|
538 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
539 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
540 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
541 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetNthPtr error: %d\n", newError);
|
|
7
|
542 #endif
|
|
|
543 return(fnames);
|
|
|
544 }
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
547 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
548 }
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 return (fnames);
|
|
|
551 }
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 /*
|
|
|
554 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
555 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
556 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
557 */
|
|
|
558 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 /*
|
|
|
561 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
562 *
|
|
|
563 * Description
|
|
|
564 * -----------
|
|
|
565 *
|
|
|
566 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
567 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
568 *
|
|
|
569 * Event Reply
|
|
|
570 * -----------
|
|
|
571 *
|
|
|
572 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
573 *
|
|
|
574 * Remarks
|
|
|
575 * -------
|
|
|
576 *
|
|
|
577 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
578 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
579 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
580 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
581 *
|
|
|
582 */
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
584 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
585 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
586 #endif
|
|
|
587 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
588 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
589 {
|
|
|
590 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
591 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
592 };
|
|
|
593 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
594 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
595 #endif
|
|
|
596
|
|
9
|
597 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
598 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
601 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
602 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
603 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
604 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
605 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
608 if (error)
|
|
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
611 printf("KAHL_SRCH: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
612 #endif
|
|
|
613 return(error);
|
|
|
614 }
|
|
|
615
|
|
9
|
616 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
617 if (error)
|
|
|
618 {
|
|
|
619 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
620 printf("KAHL_SRCH: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
621 #endif
|
|
|
622 return(error);
|
|
|
623 }
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
626 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
627 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
628 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
629 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
630 {
|
|
|
631 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
632 break;
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
636 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
637 else
|
|
|
638 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
640 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
641 printf("KAHL_SRCH: file \"%#s\" {%d}", SearchData.theFile.name,SearchData.theFile.parID);
|
|
7
|
642 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
643 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
644 printf(" found. [date %lx, %lx]\n", *SearchData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
645 #endif
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 return error;
|
|
|
648 };
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 /*
|
|
|
651 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
652 *
|
|
|
653 * Description
|
|
|
654 * -----------
|
|
|
655 *
|
|
|
656 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
657 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
658 *
|
|
|
659 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
660 * ----------
|
|
|
661 *
|
|
|
662 * Event Reply
|
|
|
663 * -----------
|
|
|
664 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
665 *
|
|
|
666 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
667 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
668 *
|
|
|
669 * Remarks
|
|
|
670 * -------
|
|
|
671 *
|
|
|
672 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
673 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
674 *
|
|
|
675 */
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
678 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
679 #endif
|
|
|
680 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
681 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
684 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
685 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
686 };
|
|
|
687 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
688 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
689 #endif
|
|
|
690
|
|
9
|
691 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
692 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
693 {
|
|
|
694 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
695 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
696 long numFiles;
|
|
|
697 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
698 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
699
|
|
|
700 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
701
|
|
9
|
702 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
703 if (error)
|
|
|
704 {
|
|
|
705 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
706 printf("KAHL_MOD: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
707 #endif
|
|
|
708 return(error);
|
|
|
709 }
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
712 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
713 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
715 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
716 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
717 if (error)
|
|
|
718 {
|
|
|
719 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
720 printf("KAHL_MOD: AECreateList error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
721 #endif
|
|
|
722 return(error);
|
|
|
723 }
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 #if 0
|
|
|
726 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
727 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
728 printf("KAHL_MOD ReplyList: %x %x\n", replyList.descriptorType, replyList.dataHandle);
|
|
|
729 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
|
730 #endif
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
733 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
734 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
738 #endif
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
741 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
742 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
743 {
|
|
|
744 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
745 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
746 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
747 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
748 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
749 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
750 if (numFiles == 0)
|
|
9
|
751 printf("KAHL_MOD: ");
|
|
7
|
752 else
|
|
9
|
753 printf(", ");
|
|
|
754 printf("\"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", theFile.theFile.name, theFile.theFile.parID, theFile.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
755 if (error)
|
|
9
|
756 printf(" (%d)", error);
|
|
7
|
757 numFiles++;
|
|
|
758 #endif
|
|
|
759 };
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
762 printf("\n");
|
|
7
|
763 #endif
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 #if 0
|
|
|
766 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
767 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
768 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
7
|
769 #endif
|
|
|
770 #endif
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
773 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
774
|
|
|
775 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
776 if (error)
|
|
9
|
777 printf("KAHL_MOD: AEPutParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
778 #endif
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
781 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
783 return error;
|
|
|
784 };
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 /*
|
|
|
787 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
788 *
|
|
|
789 * Description
|
|
|
790 * -----------
|
|
|
791 *
|
|
|
792 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
793 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
794 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
795 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
796 *
|
|
|
797 * Event Reply
|
|
|
798 * -----------
|
|
|
799 *
|
|
|
800 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
801 *
|
|
|
802 * Remarks
|
|
|
803 * -------
|
|
|
804 *
|
|
|
805 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
806 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
807 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
808 * theText.
|
|
|
809 *
|
|
|
810 */
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
813 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
814 #endif
|
|
|
815 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
816 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
|
818 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
819 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
820 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
821 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
822 };
|
|
|
823 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
824 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
825 #endif
|
|
|
826
|
|
9
|
827 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
828 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
829 {
|
|
|
830 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
831 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
832 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
833 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
834 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
835 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
836 char_u *line;
|
|
|
837 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
838 long linesize;
|
|
|
839 long lineStart;
|
|
|
840 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
841 long lineno;
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
845 if (error)
|
|
|
846 {
|
|
|
847 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
848 printf("KAHL_GTTX: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
849 #endif
|
|
|
850 return(error);
|
|
|
851 }
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
854 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
855 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
858 break;
|
|
|
859 }
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
9
|
863 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
864 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
865 {
|
|
|
866 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
867 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
868 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
869 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
870 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
871 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
872 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
873 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
874 {
|
|
|
875 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
876 printf("KAHL_GTTX: SetHandleSize increase: %d, size %d\n",
|
|
7
|
877 linesize, BufferSize);
|
|
|
878 #endif
|
|
|
879 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
880 }
|
|
|
881 else
|
|
|
882 {
|
|
9
|
883 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
884 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
885 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
886 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
887 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
888 }
|
|
|
889 }
|
|
|
890 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
891 {
|
|
9
|
892 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
893 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
894 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
895 }
|
|
|
896 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
897 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
898 else
|
|
9
|
899 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
900 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
901 }
|
|
|
902 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
903 printf("KAHL_GTTX: file \"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", GetTextData.theFile.name, GetTextData.theFile.parID, *GetTextData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
904 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
905 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
906 printf(" found. (BufferSize = %d)\n", BufferSize);
|
|
|
907 #endif
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
910 if (error)
|
|
|
911 {
|
|
|
912 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
913 printf("KAHL_GTTX: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
914 #endif
|
|
|
915 return(error);
|
|
|
916 }
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 return(error);
|
|
|
919 }
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 /*
|
|
|
922 *
|
|
|
923 */
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
9
|
926 pascal OSErr FindProcessBySignature(const OSType targetType,
|
|
7
|
927 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
9
|
928 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
931 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
933 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
934
|
|
9
|
935 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
936 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
937 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
940 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
941
|
|
9
|
942 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
943 {
|
|
9
|
944 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
945 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
946 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
947 else
|
|
|
948 {
|
|
9
|
949 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
950 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
951 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
952 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
953 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
954 }
|
|
|
955 }
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 return anErr;
|
|
|
958 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
959
|
|
9
|
960 void
|
|
|
961 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
962 {
|
|
9
|
963 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
964 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
965 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
966 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
967 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
968 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
969 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
970 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972
|
|
9
|
973 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
7
|
974 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
975 printf("CodeWarrior is");
|
|
7
|
976 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
9
|
977 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
978 printf(" running\n");
|
|
|
979 #endif
|
|
|
980 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
981 {
|
|
9
|
982 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
983 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
986 {
|
|
|
987 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
988 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990
|
|
9
|
991 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
992
|
|
|
993 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
994 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
995 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
997 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
998 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
1001 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
1002 else
|
|
|
1003 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
1004
|
|
9
|
1005 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1006 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
1007 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
1008 {
|
|
|
1009 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1010 printf("KAHL_MOD: Send error: %d\n", anErr);
|
|
|
1011 #endif
|
|
|
1012 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
1013 }
|
|
9
|
1014 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
1015 }
|
|
|
1016 }
|
|
|
1017 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 /*
|
|
|
1020 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1021 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1022 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1023 */
|
|
|
1024 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
1026 /*
|
|
|
1027 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
1028 */
|
|
|
1029
|
|
9
|
1030 OSErr
|
|
|
1031 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
1032 {
|
|
|
1033 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1034 long actualSize;
|
|
|
1035 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
1036 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
1039 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
1040 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
1041 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
1042 &actualSize);
|
|
|
1043
|
|
|
1044 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
1045 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1046 {
|
|
|
1047 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1048 }
|
|
|
1049 else
|
|
|
1050 {
|
|
|
1051 #if 0
|
|
|
1052 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
1053 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
1054 #endif
|
|
|
1055 }
|
|
|
1056
|
|
|
1057 return error;
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 /*
|
|
|
1062 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
1063 *
|
|
|
1064 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
1065 *
|
|
|
1066 */
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
1068 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1069 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
1070 #endif
|
|
|
1071 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1072 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1073 {
|
|
|
1074 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1075 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1076 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1077 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1078 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1079 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1080 };
|
|
|
1081 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1082 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
1083 #endif
|
|
|
1084
|
|
|
1085 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1086 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1087 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1088 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1089 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1090 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1091 */
|
|
|
1092
|
|
9
|
1093 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1094 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1095 {
|
|
|
1096 /*
|
|
|
1097 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1098 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1099 */
|
|
|
1100 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1101 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1102 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1103 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1104 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1105 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1106 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1107 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1108 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1109 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1110 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1111 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1112 long lnum;
|
|
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1115 printf("aevt_odoc:\n");
|
|
7
|
1116 #endif
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1119 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1120 if (error)
|
|
|
1121 {
|
|
|
1122 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1123 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1124 #endif
|
|
|
1125 return(error);
|
|
|
1126 }
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1130 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1131 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1132 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1133 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1134 if (error)
|
|
|
1135 {
|
|
|
1136 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1137 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1138 #endif
|
|
|
1139 return(error);
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1143 printf("aevt_odoc: lineNum: %d, startRange %d, endRange %d, [date %lx]\n",
|
|
7
|
1144 thePosition.lineNum, thePosition.startRange, thePosition.endRange,
|
|
|
1145 thePosition.theDate);
|
|
|
1146 #endif
|
|
|
1147 /*
|
|
|
1148 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1151 {
|
|
|
1152 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1153 {
|
|
|
1154 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1155 }
|
|
|
1156 else
|
|
|
1157 {
|
|
|
1158 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
|
1160 }
|
|
|
1161 */
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1165 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1166 #endif
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1169
|
|
|
1170 if (error)
|
|
|
1171 {
|
|
|
1172 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1173 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1174 return (error);
|
|
|
1175 }
|
|
|
1176
|
|
|
1177 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1178 {
|
|
|
1179 int i;
|
|
|
1180 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1183 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1186 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1187 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1188 else
|
|
|
1189 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191 goto finished;
|
|
|
1192 }
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1195 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1196
|
|
|
1197 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1198 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1199 {
|
|
|
1200 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1201 {
|
|
|
1202 lnum = thePosition.lineNum;
|
|
|
1203 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1204 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1205 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1206 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1207 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1208 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1209 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1210 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1211 }
|
|
|
1212 else
|
|
|
1213 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215
|
|
|
1216 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1217 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
1218 setcursor();
|
|
|
1219 out_flush();
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 finished:
|
|
|
1222 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1223
|
|
9
|
1224 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1225 if (error)
|
|
|
1226 {
|
|
|
1227 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1228 printf("aevt_odoc: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1229 #endif
|
|
|
1230 return(error);
|
|
|
1231 }
|
|
|
1232 return(error);
|
|
|
1233 }
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 /*
|
|
|
1236 *
|
|
|
1237 */
|
|
|
1238
|
|
9
|
1239 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1240 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1241 {
|
|
|
1242 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1245 printf("aevt_oapp:\n");
|
|
|
1246 #endif
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1249 if (error)
|
|
|
1250 {
|
|
|
1251 return(error);
|
|
|
1252 }
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 return(error);
|
|
|
1255 }
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 /*
|
|
|
1258 *
|
|
|
1259 */
|
|
|
1260
|
|
9
|
1261 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1262 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1263 {
|
|
|
1264 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1267 printf("aevt_quit\n");
|
|
|
1268 #endif
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1271 if (error)
|
|
|
1272 {
|
|
|
1273 return(error);
|
|
|
1274 }
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1277 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 return(error);
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 /*
|
|
|
1283 *
|
|
|
1284 */
|
|
|
1285
|
|
9
|
1286 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1287 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1288 {
|
|
|
1289 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
1291 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1292 printf("aevt_pdoc:\n");
|
|
|
1293 #endif
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1296 if (error)
|
|
|
1297 {
|
|
|
1298 return(error);
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 return(error);
|
|
|
1302 }
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 /*
|
|
|
1305 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1306 *
|
|
|
1307 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1308 */
|
|
9
|
1309 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1310 Handle_unknown_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1311 {
|
|
|
1312 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1315 printf("Unknown Event: %x\n", theAEvent->descriptorType);
|
|
|
1316 #endif
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1319 if (error)
|
|
|
1320 {
|
|
|
1321 return(error);
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 return(error);
|
|
|
1325 }
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
1330 # define NewAEEventHandlerProc(x) NewAEEventHandlerUPP(x)
|
|
|
1331 #endif
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 /*
|
|
|
1334 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1335 */
|
|
9
|
1336 OSErr
|
|
|
1337 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1338 {
|
|
|
1339 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1342 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
|
1343 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1344 if (error)
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 return error;
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1350 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
|
1351 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1352 if (error)
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 return error;
|
|
|
1355 }
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1358 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
|
1359 NewAEEventHandlerProc(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1360 if (error)
|
|
|
1361 {
|
|
|
1362 return error;
|
|
|
1363 }
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1366 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
|
1367 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1370 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
|
1371 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
|
1374 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
|
1377 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
|
1380 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
|
1383 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
|
1386 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
|
1389 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
|
1392 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
|
1395 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
|
1398 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
|
1401 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
|
1404 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
|
1407 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1408 */
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1411 /*
|
|
|
1412 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1413 */
|
|
|
1414 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
|
1415 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1416 if (error)
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 return error;
|
|
|
1419 }
|
|
|
1420 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
|
1421 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1422 if (error)
|
|
|
1423 {
|
|
|
1424 return error;
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
|
1427 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1428 if (error)
|
|
|
1429 {
|
|
|
1430 return error;
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432 #endif
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 return error;
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 /*
|
|
|
1440 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1441 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1442 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 /*
|
|
|
1446 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1447 *
|
|
|
1448 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1449 */
|
|
|
1450 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
9
|
1451 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1452 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1453 {
|
|
|
1454 short index;
|
|
|
1455 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1456 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1459 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1460 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1461 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1462 *
|
|
|
1463 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1464 */
|
|
|
1465 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1468 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1469 index = 1;
|
|
|
1470 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1473 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1474 index++;
|
|
|
1475 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1476 }
|
|
|
1477 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1478 /* Adjust index in help menu (for predefined ones) */
|
|
|
1479 if (itemIndex != -1)
|
|
|
1480 if (pMenu->parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1481 itemIndex += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1482 #endif
|
|
|
1483 }
|
|
|
1484 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1485 }
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
9
|
1488 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menuID, itemIndex, pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1489 short menuID;
|
|
|
1490 short itemIndex;
|
|
|
1491 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1492 {
|
|
|
1493 short index;
|
|
|
1494 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1495 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1499 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1500 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1501 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1502 *
|
|
|
1503 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1504 */
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1507 {
|
|
|
1508 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1509 if (menuID == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1510 itemIndex -= gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1511 #endif
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1514 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1515 }
|
|
|
1516 else
|
|
|
1517 {
|
|
|
1518 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1519 {
|
|
|
1520 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1521 {
|
|
|
1522 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1523 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1524 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1527 break;
|
|
|
1528 }
|
|
|
1529 }
|
|
|
1530 }
|
|
|
1531 }
|
|
|
1532 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 /*
|
|
|
1536 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1537 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1538 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1539 */
|
|
|
1540 pascal
|
|
|
1541 void
|
|
9
|
1542 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1543 {
|
|
|
1544 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1545 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1546 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1547 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1550
|
|
9
|
1551 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1554 return;
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1557 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1558 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1559
|
|
|
1560 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1561 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1562 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1563 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1564 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1565 }
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 pascal
|
|
|
1568 void
|
|
9
|
1569 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1570 {
|
|
|
1571 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1572 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1573 long data;
|
|
|
1574 long value;
|
|
|
1575 int page;
|
|
|
1576 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1577 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1578
|
|
9
|
1579 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1580
|
|
|
1581 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1582 return;
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
|
1587 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1588 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1589 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1590 */
|
|
|
1591 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1594 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1595 else
|
|
|
1596 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1597 }
|
|
|
1598 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1599 {
|
|
|
1600 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1601 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1602 }
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1605 {
|
|
|
1606 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1607 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1608 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1609 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1610 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612
|
|
|
1613 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1614 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1615 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1616 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1617 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1618
|
|
|
1619 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1620 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1621 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1622 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1623 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 out_flush();
|
|
|
1626 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1629 {
|
|
|
1630 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1631 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1634 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1635 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1640 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1641 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1642 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644 }*/
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
|
1648 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1649 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1650 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1651 */
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 /*
|
|
|
1655 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1656 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1657 *
|
|
|
1658 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1659 */
|
|
|
1660 void
|
|
9
|
1661 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1662 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1663 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1664 {
|
|
|
1665 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1666 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1667 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1668 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1669 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1670 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1673 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1674 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1679 {
|
|
|
1680 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1683 {
|
|
|
1684 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1685 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1686 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1687 }
|
|
|
1688 else
|
|
|
1689 {
|
|
|
1690 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1691 #if 1
|
|
|
1692 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1693 #else
|
|
|
1694 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1695 #endif
|
|
|
1696 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1697 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1698 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1699 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702 else
|
|
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1707 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1710 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1713 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
|
1714 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1717 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1718 {
|
|
|
1719 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1720 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1721 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1722 }
|
|
|
1723 #endif
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1726 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /* Send the mouse clicj to Vim */
|
|
|
1729 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1730 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1733 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1734 */
|
|
|
1735 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1736 #if 0
|
|
|
1737 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1738 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1739 */
|
|
|
1740 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1741 #endif
|
|
|
1742 #endif
|
|
|
1743 {
|
|
9
|
1744 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1745 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1746 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1747 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1748
|
|
|
1749 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1750 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752 }
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 /*
|
|
|
1756 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1757 */
|
|
|
1758 void
|
|
9
|
1759 gui_mac_doInDragClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1760 Point where;
|
|
|
1761 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1762 {
|
|
|
1763 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1764 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
|
1767 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1768 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
7
|
1769 #else
|
|
|
1770 movingLimitsPtr = &(*GetGrayRgn())->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1771 #endif
|
|
9
|
1772 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /*
|
|
|
1776 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1777 */
|
|
|
1778 void
|
|
|
1779 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1780 Point where;
|
|
|
1781 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1782 {
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 long newSize;
|
|
|
1785 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1786 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1787 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1788 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1789 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1790 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1791
|
|
9
|
1792 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1793 #else
|
|
|
1794 resizeLimits = qd.screenBits.bounds;
|
|
|
1795 #endif
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
1798 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1799 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1800 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1803 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1804 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1805 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1806 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1807 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1808 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1809 #else
|
|
|
1810 newSize = GrowWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits);
|
|
|
1811 if (newSize != 0)
|
|
|
1812 {
|
|
|
1813 newWidth = newSize & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1814 newHeight = (newSize >> 16) & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 /*
|
|
|
1821 * We need to call gui_set_shellsize as the size
|
|
|
1822 * used by Vim may be smaller than the size selected
|
|
|
1823 * by the user. This cause some overhead
|
|
|
1824 * TODO: add a check inside gui_resize_shell?
|
|
|
1825 */
|
|
|
1826 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 /*
|
|
|
1829 * Origin of the code below is unknown.
|
|
|
1830 * Functionality is unknown.
|
|
|
1831 * Time of commented out is unknown.
|
|
|
1832 */
|
|
|
1833 /* SetPort(wp);
|
|
|
1834 InvalRect(&wp->portRect);
|
|
|
1835 if (isUserWindow(wp)) {
|
|
|
1836 DrawingWindowPeek aWindow = (DrawingWindowPeek)wp;
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 if (aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc)
|
|
|
1839 CallToolWindowResizedProc(aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc, wp);
|
|
|
1840 }*/
|
|
|
1841 };
|
|
|
1842 #endif
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 }
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 /*
|
|
|
1847 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1848 */
|
|
|
1849 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1850 static void
|
|
|
1851 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1852 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1853 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1854 {
|
|
|
1855 Rect r;
|
|
|
1856 Point p;
|
|
|
1857 short thePart;
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1860 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1861 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1862 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1863 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1864 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1865 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1866 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1869 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1870
|
|
|
1871 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1872 return;
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1875 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1876 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1877 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1878 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1879 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1880 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1881 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1882 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1883 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1888 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1889 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1890 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1891 }
|
|
|
1892 #endif /* defined(USE_CARBONIZED) */
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 /*
|
|
|
1895 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1896 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1897 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1898 */
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /*
|
|
|
1901 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1902 */
|
|
|
1903
|
|
|
1904 void
|
|
|
1905 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event)
|
|
|
1906 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
1907 {
|
|
|
1908 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1909 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1910 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1911 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1912 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1913 #endif
|
|
|
1914 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1915 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1916 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1917 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919
|
|
|
1920 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1921 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1922 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1923 return;
|
|
|
1924 #endif
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1927 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1928 */
|
|
|
1929 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1932 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
|
1935 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1936 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1937 #else
|
|
9
|
1938 SetPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1939 #endif
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1942 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1943 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1944 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1945 */
|
|
|
1946 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1947 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1948 # if 0
|
|
|
1949 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
1950 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1951 */
|
|
|
1952 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1953 # endif
|
|
|
1954 #else
|
|
|
1955 updateRgn = whichWindow->visRgn;
|
|
|
1956 #endif
|
|
|
1957 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1958 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1959 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1960 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1961 # if 0
|
|
|
1962 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1963 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1964 */
|
|
|
1965 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1966 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1967 # endif
|
|
|
1968 #else
|
|
|
1969 updateRectPtr = &(*updateRgn)->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1970 #endif
|
|
|
1971 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1972 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1973 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1974 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1975 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1976 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1977 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
9
|
1979 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1980 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1981 }
|
|
|
1982 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
9
|
1984 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1985 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
9
|
1989 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1990 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1991 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1992 }
|
|
|
1993 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1994 {
|
|
9
|
1995 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1996 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1997 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1998 }
|
|
9
|
1999 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2000 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2001 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2002 #endif
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
2005 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
2008 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
2009 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2010 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2011 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
|
2012 #else
|
|
|
2013 growRect = whichWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
2014 growRect.top = growRect.bottom - 15;
|
|
|
2015 growRect.left = growRect.right - 15;
|
|
|
2016 #endif
|
|
9
|
2017 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2018 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
2019 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
2020 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2021 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2022 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
2025 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
2026 }
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 /*
|
|
|
2029 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
2030 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 void
|
|
|
2033 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2034 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2035 {
|
|
|
2036 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2039 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
2040 /* Activate */
|
|
|
2041 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2042 else
|
|
|
2043 {
|
|
|
2044 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
2045 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2046 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
2047 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
2048 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
2049 */
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
2052 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
2053 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
2054 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
2055 #endif
|
|
|
2056 }
|
|
|
2057 }
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 /*
|
|
|
2061 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
2062 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
2063 */
|
|
|
2064 void
|
|
|
2065 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event)
|
|
|
2066 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2067 {
|
|
|
2068 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2071 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2072 */
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
2075 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
2076 */
|
|
|
2077 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2078 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2079 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2080 else
|
|
|
2081 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2082 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2083 }
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 /*
|
|
|
2086 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2087 */
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 void
|
|
|
2090 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
|
2092 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2093 long menu;
|
|
|
2094 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2095 short num, i;
|
|
|
2096 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2097 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2098 int key_char;
|
|
|
2099 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2102 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2103 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2104
|
|
|
2105 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2106 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2107 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2108 num = 1;
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2111 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2112 {
|
|
7
|
2113 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2114 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2115 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2116 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2117 {
|
|
|
2118 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2119 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2120 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2121 else
|
|
|
2122 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2123 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2124 }
|
|
|
2125 }
|
|
7
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2128 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2129 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2130 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2133 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2134 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2135 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2136 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2137 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
|
2139 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2140 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2141 {
|
|
|
2142 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2143 return;
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145 }
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2148 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2149
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2152 #if 0
|
|
|
2153 /* Why have this been removed? */
|
|
|
2154 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2155 #endif
|
|
|
2156 {
|
|
|
2157 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2158 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2159 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2160 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2161 {
|
|
|
2162 # if 0
|
|
|
2163 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2164 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2165 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2166 else
|
|
|
2167 # endif
|
|
9
|
2168 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2169 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
7
|
2170 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,&modifiers);
|
|
|
2171 break;
|
|
|
2172 }
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175
|
|
|
2176 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2177 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2178 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2179 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2180 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2181 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2182 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2183 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2184 {
|
|
|
2185 #if 1
|
|
|
2186 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2187 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2188 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2189 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2190 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2191 #else
|
|
9
|
2192 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2193 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2194 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2195 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2196 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2197 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2198 #endif
|
|
|
2199 }
|
|
9
|
2200 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2201 {
|
|
9
|
2202 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2203 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2204 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2205 }
|
|
|
2206
|
|
9
|
2207 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2208 {
|
|
9
|
2209 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2210 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2211 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2212 }
|
|
|
2213 else
|
|
|
2214 {
|
|
|
2215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2216 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2217 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2218 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2219 {
|
|
|
2220 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2221 int l;
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2224 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2225 l = 1;
|
|
|
2226 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2227 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
|
2231 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2232 {
|
|
|
2233 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2234 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236 else
|
|
|
2237 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241 else
|
|
|
2242 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2243 }
|
|
|
2244 else
|
|
|
2245 #endif
|
|
|
2246 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
|
2251 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2252 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2253 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2254 }
|
|
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2257 }
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 /*
|
|
|
2260 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2261 */
|
|
|
2262 void
|
|
9
|
2263 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2264 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2265 {
|
|
|
2266 short thePart;
|
|
|
2267 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2268
|
|
9
|
2269 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2272 {
|
|
|
2273 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2274 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2275 break;
|
|
|
2276
|
|
|
2277 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2278 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2279 break;
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2282 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2283 break;
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2286 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2287 break;
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2290 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2291 break;
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2294 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2295 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2296 break;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2299 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2300 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2301 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2302 #endif
|
|
|
2303 break;
|
|
|
2304 }
|
|
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 /*
|
|
|
2308 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2309 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2310 */
|
|
|
2311 void
|
|
9
|
2312 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event)
|
|
7
|
2313 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2314 {
|
|
|
2315 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2316 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2319 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2320 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2323 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2324 else
|
|
|
2325 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2326 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2327 #endif
|
|
|
2328 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2329 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2332 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2333 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2334 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2335 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2338 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 }
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 /*
|
|
|
2343 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2344 */
|
|
|
2345 void
|
|
9
|
2346 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2347 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2348 {
|
|
|
2349 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2350 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2353 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2354 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2355 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2356 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2357 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2358 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2361 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2362 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2363 {
|
|
|
2364 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2365 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2366 }
|
|
|
2367 #endif
|
|
9
|
2368 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2369 }
|
|
|
2370
|
|
|
2371 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2372 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2373 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2374 void *data)
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2377 Point point;
|
|
|
2378 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2379 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2380 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2381 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2384 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2385 goto bail;
|
|
|
2386 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2387 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2388 goto bail;
|
|
|
2389 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2390 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2391 goto bail;
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2394 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2395 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2396 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2397 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2398 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2399 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2402 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2403 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2404 goto bail;
|
|
|
2405 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2406 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2407 goto bail;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2410 {
|
|
|
2411 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2412 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2413 }
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2416 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 return noErr;
|
|
|
2419
|
|
|
2420 bail:
|
|
|
2421 /*
|
|
|
2422 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2423 * it's actions
|
|
|
2424 */
|
|
|
2425 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427 #endif /* defined(USE_MOUSEWHEEL) */
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 #if 0
|
|
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 /*
|
|
|
2432 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2433 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2434 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2435 */
|
|
|
2436 void
|
|
|
2437 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2438 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2439 {
|
|
|
2440 /*
|
|
|
2441 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2442 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2443 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2444 */
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
2446 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2447 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2450 return;
|
|
|
2451
|
|
|
2452 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2455 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2456 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2457 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2458 }
|
|
|
2459 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2460 {
|
|
|
2461 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465 #endif
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 /*
|
|
|
2468 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2469 */
|
|
|
2470 void
|
|
|
2471 gui_mac_handle_menu(menuChoice)
|
|
|
2472 long menuChoice;
|
|
|
2473 {
|
|
|
2474 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2475 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2476 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2477 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2478 MenuHandle appleMenu;
|
|
|
2479 Str255 itemName;
|
|
|
2480 #endif
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2483 {
|
|
|
2484 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2485 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2486 else
|
|
|
2487 {
|
|
|
2488 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2489 /* Desk Accessory doesn't exist in Carbon */
|
|
9
|
2490 appleMenu = GetMenuHandle(menu);
|
|
|
2491 GetMenuItemText(appleMenu, item, itemName);
|
|
|
2492 (void) OpenDeskAcc(itemName);
|
|
7
|
2493 #endif
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495 }
|
|
|
2496 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2497 {
|
|
|
2498 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2501 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2502 }
|
|
9
|
2503 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 /*
|
|
|
2507 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2508 */
|
|
|
2509
|
|
|
2510 void
|
|
9
|
2511 gui_mac_handle_event(event)
|
|
7
|
2512 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2517 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2518 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2519 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2520 {
|
|
|
2521 # if 0
|
|
|
2522 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2523 # else
|
|
|
2524 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2525 # endif
|
|
|
2526 return;
|
|
|
2527 }
|
|
|
2528 #endif
|
|
|
2529
|
|
|
2530 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2531 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2534 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2535 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2536 break;
|
|
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2539 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2540 break;
|
|
|
2541
|
|
|
2542 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2543 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2544 break;
|
|
|
2545
|
|
|
2546 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2547 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2548 break;
|
|
|
2549
|
|
|
2550 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2551 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2552 break;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2555 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2556 break;
|
|
|
2557
|
|
|
2558 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2559 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2560 break;
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2563 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2564 {
|
|
|
2565 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2566 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2567 break;
|
|
|
2568 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2569 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2570 break;
|
|
|
2571 }
|
|
|
2572 break;
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2575 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2576 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2577 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2578 break;
|
|
|
2579 #endif
|
|
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581 }
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 /*
|
|
|
2584 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2585 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2586 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2587 */
|
|
|
2588
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 GuiFont
|
|
9
|
2591 gui_mac_find_font(font_name)
|
|
7
|
2592 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
2593 {
|
|
|
2594 char_u c;
|
|
|
2595 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2596 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2597 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2598 short font_id;
|
|
|
2599 short size=9;
|
|
|
2600 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2601 #if 0
|
|
|
2602 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2603 #endif
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
2605 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2606 ;
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 c = *p;
|
|
|
2609 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 #if 1
|
|
|
2612 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2613 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2614 *p = c;
|
|
|
2615
|
|
9
|
2616 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2617 #else
|
|
|
2618 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2619 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2620
|
|
9
|
2621 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2622 #endif
|
|
|
2623
|
|
|
2624
|
|
|
2625 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2626 {
|
|
|
2627 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2628
|
|
9
|
2629 GetFontName(0, systemFontname);
|
|
7
|
2630 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2631 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2632 }
|
|
|
2633 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 p++;
|
|
|
2636 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2637 while (*p)
|
|
|
2638 {
|
|
|
2639 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 case 'h':
|
|
|
2642 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2643 break;
|
|
|
2644 /*
|
|
|
2645 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2646 */
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2649 p++;
|
|
|
2650 }
|
|
|
2651 }
|
|
|
2652
|
|
|
2653 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2654 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658 return font;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 /*
|
|
|
2662 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2663 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
2664 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2665 */
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 /*
|
|
|
2668 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2669 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2670 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2671 */
|
|
|
2672 void
|
|
|
2673 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv)
|
|
|
2674 int *argc;
|
|
|
2675 char **argv;
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
|
2677 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2678 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2679 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2680 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2681 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2682 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2683 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2684 # else
|
|
|
2685 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2686 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2687 # endif
|
|
|
2688 #endif
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2691 MaxApplZone(); /* What could replace thos */
|
|
|
2692 /* In Carbon, all shared library are automatically load in
|
|
|
2693 * there's no need to init them
|
|
|
2694 */
|
|
|
2695 InitGraf(&qd.thePort);
|
|
|
2696 InitFonts();
|
|
|
2697 InitWindows();
|
|
|
2698 InitMenus();
|
|
|
2699 TEInit();
|
|
|
2700 InitDialogs(nil);
|
|
|
2701 #else
|
|
|
2702 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
2703 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
2704 #endif
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 #if 0
|
|
|
2707 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2708
|
|
|
2709 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2710 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2711 #endif
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2714 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2715 #endif
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2718 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2719 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2720 else
|
|
|
2721 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2724 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
2725 #endif
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
2728 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
2729 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
2730 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
2731 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
2732 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
2733 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
2734 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
2735 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
2736 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
2737 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
2738 #endif
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
2743 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2744 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
2745 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
2746 #endif
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2754 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2755 #else
|
|
9
|
2756 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2757 #endif
|
|
|
2758
|
|
|
2759
|
|
|
2760 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2761 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2762 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2763 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2764 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2765 #else
|
|
|
2766 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, documentProc,
|
|
|
2767 (WindowPtr) -1L, false, 0);
|
|
|
2768 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2769 #endif
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2772 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2773 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2774 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2775 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2776 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
2779 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2780 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2781 #else
|
|
9
|
2782 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2783 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2784 #endif
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
2787 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
2788 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2789 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
2790 # else
|
|
|
2791 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
2792 # endif
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
2795 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
2796 else
|
|
|
2797 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
2798 #endif
|
|
|
2799
|
|
|
2800 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2801 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2802 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2803 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2804 #endif
|
|
|
2805 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2806 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2807 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2808 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2809 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2810 # else
|
|
|
2811 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2812 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2813 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2814 */
|
|
9
|
2815 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2816 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2817
|
|
9
|
2818 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2819 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2820
|
|
9
|
2821 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2824 # endif
|
|
9
|
2825 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2826 #endif
|
|
|
2827
|
|
|
2828 #ifdef USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
2829 _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
2830 _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
2831 #endif
|
|
|
2832 }
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2835 /*
|
|
|
2836 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2837 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2838 */
|
|
|
2839 int
|
|
|
2840 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2841 {
|
|
|
2842 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2843 * using the >console
|
|
|
2844 */
|
|
|
2845 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2846 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2847 return OK;
|
|
|
2848 }
|
|
|
2849 #endif
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 static OSErr
|
|
|
2852 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
|
2854 int x, y;
|
|
|
2855 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2856 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2857 int count;
|
|
|
2858 int i, j;
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2861 {
|
|
|
2862 Point point;
|
|
|
2863 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2864 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2867 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2868 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2869 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2870 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2871 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2872 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2873 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
2877 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
2878 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
2881 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
2884 OSErr err;
|
|
|
2885 Size size;
|
|
|
2886 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
2887 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
2890 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
2891 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
2892 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
2893 continue;
|
|
|
2894 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
2895 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
2896 continue;
|
|
|
2897 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
2898 }
|
|
|
2899 count = j;
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
|
2902 return noErr;
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 /*
|
|
|
2906 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
2907 * etc.
|
|
|
2908 */
|
|
|
2909 int
|
|
|
2910 gui_mch_init()
|
|
|
2911 {
|
|
|
2912 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2913 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
2914 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
2915 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2916 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
2917 #endif
|
|
|
2918 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2919 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
2920 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
|
2921 #endif
|
|
|
2922 #if 1
|
|
|
2923 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2926 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2927 #endif
|
|
|
2928
|
|
|
2929 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2930 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2931 #endif
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2934 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2935 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2936 else
|
|
|
2937 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2940 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
2941 #endif
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
2944 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
2945 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
2946 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
2947 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
2948 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
2949 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
2950 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
2951 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
2952 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
2953 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
2954 #endif
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
2959 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2960 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
2961 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
2962 #endif
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2967
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2970 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2971 #else
|
|
9
|
2972 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2973 #endif
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
2976 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2977 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
2978 #else
|
|
|
2979 documentProc,
|
|
|
2980 #endif
|
|
|
2981 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
2982 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
2983 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
|
2984 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2985 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2986 #else
|
|
|
2987 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2988 #endif
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2991 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2992 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2993 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2994 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2995 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
2998 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2999 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3000 #else
|
|
9
|
3001 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3002 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3003 #endif
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3006 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3007 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3008 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3009 # else
|
|
|
3010 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3011 # endif
|
|
|
3012
|
|
|
3013 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3014 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3015 else
|
|
|
3016 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3017 #endif
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3020 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3021 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3022 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3023 #endif
|
|
|
3024 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3025 display_errors();
|
|
|
3026
|
|
|
3027 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3028 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3029 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3030 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3033 * file). */
|
|
|
3034 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 /*
|
|
|
3037 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3038 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3039 */
|
|
|
3040 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3041 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3042 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3043
|
|
|
3044 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3045 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3046 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /*
|
|
|
3049 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3050 */
|
|
|
3051 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3052 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3053 #endif
|
|
|
3054 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3055 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3058 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3059 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3060 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
|
3061 #endif
|
|
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3064 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3065 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3066 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3067 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3068 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3071 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3072 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 #endif
|
|
|
3075
|
|
|
3076 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3077 set_option_value((char_u *)"termencoding", 0L, (char_u *)"macroman", 0);
|
|
|
3078 #endif
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3081 return OK;
|
|
|
3082 }
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 /*
|
|
|
3085 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3086 */
|
|
|
3087 void
|
|
|
3088 gui_mch_new_colors()
|
|
|
3089 {
|
|
|
3090 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3091 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3092 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3093 */
|
|
|
3094 }
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 /*
|
|
|
3097 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3098 */
|
|
|
3099 int
|
|
|
3100 gui_mch_open()
|
|
|
3101 {
|
|
|
3102 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3103
|
|
|
3104 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3105 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3108 /*
|
|
|
3109 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3110 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3111 */
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
|
3113 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3114 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3115 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117 #endif
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 return OK;
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 void
|
|
|
3123 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3124 {
|
|
|
3125 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3126 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3129 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3130 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3131 #endif
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3134 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3135 }
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 /*
|
|
|
3138 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3139 */
|
|
|
3140 int
|
|
|
3141 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3142 {
|
|
|
3143 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3144 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3145 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3146 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3149 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3152 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3153 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3154 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3155 return OK;
|
|
|
3156 #endif
|
|
|
3157 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3158 }
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 /*
|
|
|
3161 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3162 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3163 */
|
|
|
3164 void
|
|
|
3165 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3166 {
|
|
|
3167 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3168 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3169 */
|
|
|
3170 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 void
|
|
|
3174 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3175 int width,
|
|
|
3176 int height,
|
|
|
3177 int min_width,
|
|
|
3178 int min_height,
|
|
|
3179 int base_width,
|
|
|
3180 int base_height)
|
|
|
3181 {
|
|
|
3182 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3183 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3184 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3185 #endif
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3188 {
|
|
|
3189 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3190 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3191 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3192 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3193 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3194 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3195 #else
|
|
|
3196 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
|
3197 /* SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3198 #endif
|
|
|
3199 }
|
|
|
3200 else
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3203 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3204 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3205 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3206 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3207 #else
|
|
|
3208 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = 0;
|
|
|
3209 #endif;
|
|
|
3210 }
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3215 }
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217 /*
|
|
|
3218 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3219 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3220 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3221 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3222 */
|
|
|
3223 void
|
|
|
3224 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(screen_w, screen_h)
|
|
|
3225 int *screen_w;
|
|
|
3226 int *screen_h;
|
|
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3229 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3232 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3233 }
|
|
|
3234
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 /*
|
|
|
3238 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3239 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3240 */
|
|
|
3241 int
|
|
|
3242 gui_mch_init_font(font_name, fontset)
|
|
|
3243 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3244 int fontset; /* not used */
|
|
|
3245 {
|
|
|
3246 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3247 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
|
3248 int suggestedSize = 9;
|
|
|
3249 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3250 short font_id;
|
|
|
3251 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3256 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3259 {
|
|
|
3260 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3261 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3264 }
|
|
|
3265 else
|
|
|
3266 {
|
|
9
|
3267 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
7
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3270 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3273
|
|
9
|
3274 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3275 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
9
|
3280 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
7
|
3281 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 return OK;
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 }
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 int
|
|
|
3288 gui_mch_adjust_charsize()
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3291
|
|
9
|
3292 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3293 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3294 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3295 return OK;
|
|
|
3296 }
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 /*
|
|
|
3299 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3300 */
|
|
|
3301 GuiFont
|
|
|
3302 gui_mch_get_font(name, giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3303 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3304 int giveErrorIfMissing;
|
|
|
3305 {
|
|
|
3306 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3307
|
|
|
3308 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3311 {
|
|
|
3312 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3313 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3314 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316 /*
|
|
|
3317 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3318 */
|
|
|
3319
|
|
|
3320 return font;
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 /*
|
|
|
3324 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3325 */
|
|
|
3326 void
|
|
|
3327 gui_mch_set_font(font)
|
|
|
3328 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 /*
|
|
|
3331 * TODO: maybe avoid set again the current font.
|
|
|
3332 */
|
|
|
3333 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3334 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
3338 /*
|
|
|
3339 * Return TRUE if the two fonts given are equivalent.
|
|
|
3340 */
|
|
|
3341 int
|
|
|
3342 gui_mch_same_font(f1, f2)
|
|
|
3343 GuiFont f1;
|
|
|
3344 GuiFont f2;
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 return f1 == f2;
|
|
|
3347 }
|
|
|
3348 #endif
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 /*
|
|
|
3351 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3352 */
|
|
|
3353 void
|
|
|
3354 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3355 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 /*
|
|
|
3358 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3359 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3360 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3361 */
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363
|
|
|
3364 static int
|
|
|
3365 hex_digit(c)
|
|
|
3366 int c;
|
|
|
3367 {
|
|
|
3368 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3369 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3370 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3371 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3372 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3373 return -1000;
|
|
|
3374 }
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 /*
|
|
|
3377 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3378 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3379 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3380 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3381 */
|
|
|
3382 guicolor_T
|
|
|
3383 gui_mch_get_color(name)
|
|
|
3384 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3387 */
|
|
|
3388 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3389 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3392 {
|
|
|
3393 char *name;
|
|
|
3394 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3395 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3396
|
|
|
3397 /*
|
|
|
3398 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3399 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3400 */
|
|
|
3401 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3404 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3405 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3406 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3407 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3408 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3409 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3410 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3411 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3412 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3413 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3414 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3415 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3416 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3417 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3418 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3419 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3420 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3421 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3422 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3423 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3424 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3425 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3426 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3427 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3428 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3429 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3430 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3431 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3432 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3433 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3434 };
|
|
|
3435
|
|
|
3436 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3437 int i;
|
|
|
3438
|
|
|
3439 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3440 {
|
|
|
3441 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3442 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3443 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3444 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3445 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3446 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3447 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
|
3449 else
|
|
|
3450 {
|
|
9
|
3451 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3452 {
|
|
9
|
3453 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3454 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3455 }
|
|
|
3456 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3457 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3458 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3459 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3460 }
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 /*
|
|
|
3464 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3465 */
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3468 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3469 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3470 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 #ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
3473 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME:rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3474 #else
|
|
|
3475 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3476 #endif
|
|
|
3477 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3478 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3479
|
|
|
3480 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3481 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3482 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3483 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3484
|
|
|
3485 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 int len;
|
|
|
3488 int pos;
|
|
|
3489 char *color;
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3492 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3495 continue;
|
|
|
3496
|
|
|
3497 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3498
|
|
|
3499 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3500 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3501 continue;
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3504
|
|
|
3505 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3506 {
|
|
|
3507 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3508 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3509 }
|
|
|
3510 }
|
|
|
3511 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3512 }
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3515 }
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 /*
|
|
|
3518 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3519 */
|
|
|
3520 void
|
|
|
3521 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color)
|
|
|
3522 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3527 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3528 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3529
|
|
9
|
3530 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3531 }
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 /*
|
|
|
3534 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3535 */
|
|
|
3536 void
|
|
|
3537 gui_mch_set_bg_color(color)
|
|
|
3538 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3543 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3544 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3545
|
|
9
|
3546 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3547 }
|
|
|
3548
|
|
|
3549 void
|
|
|
3550 gui_mch_draw_string(row, col, s, len, flags)
|
|
|
3551 int row;
|
|
|
3552 int col;
|
|
|
3553 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3554 int len;
|
|
|
3555 int flags;
|
|
|
3556 {
|
|
|
3557 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3558 SInt32 sys_version;
|
|
|
3559 #endif
|
|
|
3560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3561 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
|
3565 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3566 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3567 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3568 }
|
|
|
3569 #endif
|
|
|
3570
|
|
|
3571 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3572 /*
|
|
|
3573 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3574 */
|
|
|
3575 sys_version = 0;
|
|
|
3576
|
|
|
3577 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &sys_version);
|
|
|
3578 if (sys_version >= 0x1020)
|
|
|
3579 {
|
|
|
3580 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3581 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3582 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
|
3583 (void)SwapQDTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 if (sys_version >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 face = normal;
|
|
|
3591 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3592 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3593 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3594 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3595 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3598 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 /*
|
|
|
3603 * Since we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3604 * before drawing the text. The following is like calling
|
|
|
3605 * gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + len - 1),
|
|
|
3606 * but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3607 */
|
|
|
3608 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3609 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3610 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3611 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3612 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3613 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3617 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3618 }
|
|
|
3619 else
|
|
|
3620 #endif
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3623 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3624 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3629 {
|
|
9
|
3630 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632
|
|
9
|
3633 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3634 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3635
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3638 {
|
|
9
|
3639 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3640 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3641 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3642 }
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
9
|
3646 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3647 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3648 }
|
|
|
3649 }
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3652 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3653 #endif
|
|
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 /*
|
|
|
3657 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
3658 */
|
|
|
3659 int
|
|
|
3660 gui_mch_haskey(name)
|
|
|
3661 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3662 {
|
|
|
3663 int i;
|
|
|
3664
|
|
|
3665 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
3666 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
3667 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
3668 return OK;
|
|
|
3669 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3670 }
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
3672 void
|
|
|
3673 gui_mch_beep()
|
|
|
3674 {
|
|
9
|
3675 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
3676 }
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 void
|
|
|
3679 gui_mch_flash(msec)
|
|
|
3680 int msec;
|
|
|
3681 {
|
|
|
3682 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
3683 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 /*
|
|
|
3686 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3687 */
|
|
|
3688 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
3689 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
3690 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3691 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3692 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 /*
|
|
|
3700 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
3701 */
|
|
|
3702 void
|
|
|
3703 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(r, c, nr, nc)
|
|
|
3704 int r;
|
|
|
3705 int c;
|
|
|
3706 int nr;
|
|
|
3707 int nc;
|
|
|
3708 {
|
|
|
3709 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 /*
|
|
|
3712 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3713 */
|
|
|
3714 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
3715 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
3716 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3717 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3718 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 /*
|
|
|
3723 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
3724 */
|
|
|
3725 void
|
|
|
3726 gui_mch_iconify()
|
|
|
3727 {
|
|
|
3728 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
3729 * -window shade?
|
|
|
3730 * -hide application?
|
|
|
3731 */
|
|
|
3732 }
|
|
|
3733
|
|
|
3734 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3735 /*
|
|
|
3736 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
3737 */
|
|
|
3738 void
|
|
|
3739 gui_mch_set_foreground()
|
|
|
3740 {
|
|
|
3741 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3742 }
|
|
|
3743 #endif
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 /*
|
|
|
3746 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
3747 */
|
|
|
3748 void
|
|
|
3749 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(color)
|
|
|
3750 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 /*
|
|
|
3757 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3758 */
|
|
|
3759 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
3760 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
3761 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3762 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3765
|
|
9
|
3766 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
3767 }
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 /*
|
|
|
3770 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
3771 */
|
|
|
3772 void
|
|
|
3773 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(w, h, color)
|
|
|
3774 int w;
|
|
|
3775 int h;
|
|
|
3776 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3777 {
|
|
|
3778 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
3781 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
3782 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
3783 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
3784 else
|
|
|
3785 #endif
|
|
|
3786 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
3787 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
3788 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
3789 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3792
|
|
9
|
3793 PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
3794 }
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 /*
|
|
|
3799 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
3800 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
3801 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
3802 * immediately.
|
|
|
3803 */
|
|
|
3804 void
|
|
|
3805 gui_mch_update()
|
|
|
3806 {
|
|
|
3807 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
3808 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
3809 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
3810 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
3811 *
|
|
|
3812 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
3813 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
3814 */
|
|
|
3815 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
3816
|
|
9
|
3817 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
3818 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
3819 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 /*
|
|
|
3823 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
3824 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
3825 */
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
3828 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
3829 #endif
|
|
|
3830 pascal
|
|
|
3831 Boolean
|
|
9
|
3832 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
3833 {
|
|
|
3834 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
3835 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
3836 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
3837 }
|
|
|
3838
|
|
|
3839 /*
|
|
|
3840 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
3841 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
3842 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
3843 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
3844 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
3845 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
3846 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
3847 */
|
|
|
3848 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
3849 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
3850 #endif
|
|
|
3851 int
|
|
|
3852 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime)
|
|
|
3853 int wtime;
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
|
3855 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
3856 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
3857 long entryTick;
|
|
|
3858 long currentTick;
|
|
|
3859 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
3862 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
3863 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
3864 */
|
|
|
3865 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
3866 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3867 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
3868
|
|
|
3869 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 do
|
|
|
3874 {
|
|
|
3875 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
3876 {
|
|
|
3877 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3878 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
3879 }
|
|
|
3880 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
3881 {
|
|
|
3882 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
3883 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
3884 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
3885 }
|
|
|
3886 /*
|
|
|
3887 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
3888 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
3889 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
3890 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
3891 */
|
|
|
3892 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
3893 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
3894 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
3895 else
|
|
|
3896 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
3897 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3900 if (!SIOUXHandleOneEvent(&event))
|
|
|
3901 #endif
|
|
9
|
3902 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
3903 if (input_available())
|
|
|
3904 {
|
|
|
3905 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
3906 return OK;
|
|
|
3907 }
|
|
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
3914 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916
|
|
|
3917 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
3918 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
3919 #endif
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 /*
|
|
|
3922 * Output routines.
|
|
|
3923 */
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
3926 void
|
|
|
3927 gui_mch_flush()
|
|
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
3930 }
|
|
|
3931
|
|
|
3932 /*
|
|
|
3933 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
3934 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
3935 */
|
|
|
3936 void
|
|
|
3937 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2)
|
|
|
3938 int row1;
|
|
|
3939 int col1;
|
|
|
3940 int row2;
|
|
|
3941 int col2;
|
|
|
3942 {
|
|
|
3943 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 /*
|
|
|
3946 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
3947 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
3948 */
|
|
|
3949 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
3950 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
3951 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
3952 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
3955 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 /*
|
|
|
3959 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
3960 */
|
|
|
3961 void
|
|
|
3962 gui_mch_clear_all()
|
|
|
3963 {
|
|
|
3964 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
3967 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
3968 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
3969 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
3972 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3973 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
3974 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3975 */
|
|
|
3976 }
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 /*
|
|
|
3979 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
3980 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
3981 */
|
|
|
3982 void
|
|
|
3983 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
3984 int row;
|
|
|
3985 int num_lines;
|
|
|
3986 {
|
|
|
3987 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
3990 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
3991 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
3992 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3993 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
3996 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
3999 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4000 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4001 }
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 /*
|
|
|
4004 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4005 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4006 */
|
|
|
4007 void
|
|
|
4008 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4009 int row;
|
|
|
4010 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4011 {
|
|
|
4012 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4015 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4016 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4017 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4020
|
|
9
|
4021 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4024 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4025 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4026 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4029 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4030 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4031 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4032 }
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4035 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4036 }
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 /*
|
|
|
4039 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4040 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4041 */
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 void
|
|
|
4044 clip_mch_request_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4045 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4046 {
|
|
|
4047
|
|
|
4048 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4049 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4050 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4051 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4052 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4053 OSStatus error;
|
|
9
|
4054 int flavor;
|
|
7
|
4055 #else
|
|
|
4056 long scrapOffset;
|
|
|
4057 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4058 #endif
|
|
|
4059 int type;
|
|
|
4060 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4061 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063
|
|
|
4064 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4065 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4066 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4067 return;
|
|
|
4068
|
|
9
|
4069 flavor = 0;
|
|
|
4070 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4071 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4074 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4075 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4079 {
|
|
|
4080 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4081 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4082 return;
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4085 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4086 return;
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088
|
|
|
4089 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4090 #else
|
|
|
4091 /* Call to LoadScrap seem to avoid problem with crash on first paste */
|
|
|
4092 scrapSize = LoadScrap();
|
|
|
4093 scrapSize = GetScrap(nil, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 if (scrapSize > 0)
|
|
|
4096 #endif
|
|
|
4097 {
|
|
|
4098 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4099 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4100 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4101 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4102 #else
|
|
|
4103 textOfClip = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
4104 #endif
|
|
9
|
4105 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4106 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4107 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4108 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeText,
|
|
|
4109 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4110 #else
|
|
|
4111 scrapSize = GetScrap(textOfClip, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4112 #endif
|
|
|
4113
|
|
9
|
4114 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4115 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4116 else
|
|
|
4117 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4118
|
|
|
4119 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE);
|
|
9
|
4120 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize - flavor);
|
|
|
4121 tempclip[scrapSize - flavor] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4124 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4125 {
|
|
|
4126 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4129 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 }
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4134 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4135 {
|
|
|
4136 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4137 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 to = string_convert(&input_conv, tempclip, &l);
|
|
|
4140 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4141 {
|
|
|
4142 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4143 tempclip = to;
|
|
|
4144 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4145 }
|
|
|
4146 }
|
|
|
4147 #endif
|
|
|
4148 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4151 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155 }
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 void
|
|
|
4158 clip_mch_lose_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4159 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4160 {
|
|
|
4161 /*
|
|
|
4162 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4163 */
|
|
|
4164 }
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 int
|
|
|
4167 clip_mch_own_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4168 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4169 {
|
|
|
4170 return OK;
|
|
|
4171 }
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 /*
|
|
|
4174 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4175 */
|
|
|
4176 void
|
|
|
4177 clip_mch_set_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4178 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4179 {
|
|
|
4180 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4181 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4182 int type;
|
|
|
4183 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4184 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4185 #endif
|
|
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4188
|
|
|
4189 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4190 return;
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 /*
|
|
|
4195 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4196 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4197 *
|
|
|
4198 */
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4201
|
|
|
4202 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4205 if (str != NULL && output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4206 {
|
|
|
4207 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4208 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 to = string_convert(&output_conv, str, &l);
|
|
|
4211 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4212 {
|
|
|
4213 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4214 str = to;
|
|
|
4215 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218 #endif
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4221 {
|
|
|
4222 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4223 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
|
4224 #else
|
|
|
4225 ZeroScrap();
|
|
|
4226 #endif
|
|
|
4227
|
|
9
|
4228 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4229 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
|
4230 #else
|
|
7
|
4231 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4232 #endif
|
|
7
|
4233 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4236 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
|
4237 STRNCPY(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4238 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4239 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4240 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4241 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4242 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4243 #else
|
|
9
|
4244 STRNCPY(*textOfClip, str, scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4245 PutScrap(scrapSize, 'TEXT', *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4246 #endif
|
|
|
4247 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4248 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4249 }
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4252 }
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 void
|
|
|
4255 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4256 int x;
|
|
|
4257 int y;
|
|
|
4258 int w;
|
|
|
4259 int h;
|
|
|
4260 {
|
|
|
4261 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4262
|
|
9
|
4263 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4264 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4265 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4266 #else
|
|
|
4267 VimBound = gui.VimWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
4268 #endif
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4271 {
|
|
|
4272 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4273 }
|
|
|
4274 else
|
|
|
4275 {
|
|
|
4276 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4277 }
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4280 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4281 #endif
|
|
|
4282
|
|
9
|
4283 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4284 }
|
|
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 /*
|
|
|
4287 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4288 */
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 void
|
|
|
4291 gui_mch_enable_menu(flag)
|
|
|
4292 int flag;
|
|
|
4293 {
|
|
|
4294 /*
|
|
|
4295 * Menu is always active in itself
|
|
|
4296 * (maybe we should only disable a vim menu
|
|
|
4297 * and keep standard menu)
|
|
|
4298 *
|
|
|
4299 */
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 void
|
|
|
4303 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4304 int x;
|
|
|
4305 int y;
|
|
|
4306 int w;
|
|
|
4307 int h;
|
|
|
4308 {
|
|
|
4309 /*
|
|
|
4310 * The menu is always at the top of the screen
|
|
|
4311 * Maybe a futur version will permit a menu in the window
|
|
|
4312 *
|
|
|
4313 */
|
|
|
4314 }
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 /*
|
|
|
4317 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4318 */
|
|
|
4319 void
|
|
|
4320 gui_mch_add_menu(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4321 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4322 int idx;
|
|
|
4323 {
|
|
|
4324 /*
|
|
|
4325 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4326 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4327 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4328 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4329 */
|
|
|
4330 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4331 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
|
4332 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4333 short index;
|
|
|
4334 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4335 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4338 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4339 return;
|
|
|
4340
|
|
|
4341 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4342 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4343 return;
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4346 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4347 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4350 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4351 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4354 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4355 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4358 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4359 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4360 return;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4363 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4364 if (STRNCMP(name, "\4Help", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 menu->submenu_id = kHMHelpMenuID;
|
|
|
4367 menu->submenu_handle = gui.MacOSHelpMenu;
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369 else
|
|
|
4370 #endif
|
|
|
4371 {
|
|
|
4372 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4373 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4374 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4375 */
|
|
|
4376 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
9
|
4377 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
7
|
4378 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4379 }
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4382 {
|
|
|
4383 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4384
|
|
|
4385 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4386 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4387 */
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 /* Insert the menu unless it's the Help menu */
|
|
|
4390 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4391 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4392 #endif
|
|
9
|
4393 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4394 #if 1
|
|
|
4395 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4396 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4397 #endif
|
|
|
4398 }
|
|
|
4399 else
|
|
|
4400 {
|
|
|
4401 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4402
|
|
9
|
4403 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4404
|
|
|
4405 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4406 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4407 */
|
|
|
4408 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4409 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4410 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4411 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4412 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4413 }
|
|
|
4414
|
|
9
|
4415 vim_free(name);
|
|
7
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 #if 0
|
|
|
4418 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4419 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4420 #endif
|
|
|
4421 }
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 /*
|
|
|
4424 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4425 */
|
|
|
4426 void
|
|
|
4427 gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4428 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4429 int idx;
|
|
|
4430 {
|
|
|
4431 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4432 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4433 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4436 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4437 return;
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4440 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4441
|
|
|
4442 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4443 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4446 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4447 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4450 /* The index in the help menu are offseted */
|
|
|
4451 if (parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4452 idx += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
4453 #endif
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4456 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4459 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4460 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4461 */
|
|
|
4462 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4463 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4464 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4467 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4468 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4469 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4470 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4471 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4472 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4473 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4474 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4475 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4476 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4477 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4478 */
|
|
|
4479 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4482 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4483 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4484 */
|
|
|
4485 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4486 key += '@';
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4489 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4490 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4491 */
|
|
|
4492 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4493 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4494 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4495 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4496 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4497 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4498 {
|
|
|
4499 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4500 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4501 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4502 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4503 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4504 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4505 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4506 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4507 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4508 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4509 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4510 if (valid)
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4513 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4514 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4515 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4516 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4517 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4518 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4519 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4520 }
|
|
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4524 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4525 */
|
|
|
4526 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4527 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4528 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
|
4529 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 #if 0
|
|
|
4532 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4533 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4534 #endif
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4537 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4538 }
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 void
|
|
|
4541 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(enable)
|
|
|
4542 int enable;
|
|
|
4543 {
|
|
|
4544 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546
|
|
|
4547 /*
|
|
|
4548 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4549 */
|
|
|
4550 void
|
|
|
4551 gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu)
|
|
|
4552 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4553 {
|
|
9
|
4554 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4557 {
|
|
|
4558 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4559 {
|
|
|
4560 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4561 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle != nil) /*gui.MacOSHelpMenu)*/
|
|
|
4562 #endif
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4565 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4568 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4569 {
|
|
9
|
4570 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4571 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4575 # ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4576 else
|
|
|
4577 {
|
|
9
|
4578 printf("gmdm 1\n");
|
|
7
|
4579 }
|
|
|
4580 # endif
|
|
|
4581 #endif
|
|
|
4582 }
|
|
|
4583 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4584 else
|
|
|
4585 {
|
|
9
|
4586 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4587 }
|
|
|
4588 #endif
|
|
|
4589 }
|
|
|
4590 else
|
|
|
4591 {
|
|
|
4592 /* Do not delete the Help Menu */
|
|
|
4593 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4594 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4595 #endif
|
|
|
4596 {
|
|
9
|
4597 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4598 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4599 }
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4602 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4603 }
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 /*
|
|
|
4606 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4607 */
|
|
|
4608 void
|
|
|
4609 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey)
|
|
|
4610 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4611 int grey;
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
|
4613 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4614 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4615 /*
|
|
|
4616 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4617 */
|
|
|
4618 if (grey)
|
|
|
4619 {
|
|
|
4620 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4621 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4622 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4623 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4624 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4625 }
|
|
|
4626 else
|
|
|
4627 {
|
|
|
4628 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4629 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4630 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4631 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4632 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4633 }
|
|
|
4634 }
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 /*
|
|
|
4637 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4638 */
|
|
|
4639 void
|
|
|
4640 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, hidden)
|
|
|
4641 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4642 int hidden;
|
|
|
4643 {
|
|
|
4644 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4645 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4646 }
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 /*
|
|
|
4650 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4651 */
|
|
|
4652 void
|
|
|
4653 gui_mch_draw_menubar()
|
|
|
4654 {
|
|
|
4655 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4656 }
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /*
|
|
|
4660 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4661 */
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 void
|
|
|
4664 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(sb, flag)
|
|
|
4665 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4666 int flag;
|
|
|
4667 {
|
|
|
4668 if (flag)
|
|
|
4669 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4670 else
|
|
|
4671 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4672
|
|
|
4673 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4674 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4675 #endif
|
|
|
4676 }
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 void
|
|
|
4679 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, val, size, max)
|
|
|
4680 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4681 long val;
|
|
|
4682 long size;
|
|
|
4683 long max;
|
|
|
4684 {
|
|
|
4685 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4686 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4687 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
4688 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4689 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4690 #endif
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 void
|
|
|
4694 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(sb, x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4695 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4696 int x;
|
|
|
4697 int y;
|
|
|
4698 int w;
|
|
|
4699 int h;
|
|
|
4700 {
|
|
|
4701 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4702 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4703 {
|
|
9
|
4704 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
4705 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4706 }
|
|
|
4707 else
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
9
|
4709 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4710 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4711 }*/
|
|
|
4712 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
4713 h += 1;
|
|
|
4714 else
|
|
|
4715 w += 1;
|
|
|
4716
|
|
|
4717 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4718 x -= 15;
|
|
|
4719
|
|
9
|
4720 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4721 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4722 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4723 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4724 #endif
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 void
|
|
|
4728 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, orient)
|
|
|
4729 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4730 int orient; /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
|
4731 {
|
|
|
4732 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
4735 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
4736 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
4737 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
4738
|
|
9
|
4739 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
4740 &bounds,
|
|
|
4741 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
4742 TRUE,
|
|
|
4743 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
4744 0, /* top */
|
|
|
4745 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
4746 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4747 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
4748 #else
|
|
|
4749 scrollBarProc,
|
|
|
4750 #endif
|
|
|
4751 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
4752 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4753 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
4754 #endif
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 void
|
|
|
4758 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(sb)
|
|
|
4759 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4760 {
|
|
|
4761 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4762 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
4763 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4764 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
4765 #endif
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 /*
|
|
|
4770 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
4771 *
|
|
|
4772 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
4773 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
4774 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
4775 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
4776 */
|
|
|
4777 void
|
|
|
4778 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
4779 {
|
|
|
4780 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
4781 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
4782 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
4783 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 /*
|
|
|
4787 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
4788 */
|
|
|
4789 void
|
|
|
4790 gui_mch_stop_blink()
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4793 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
4794 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
4795 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
4796 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4797 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
4798 }
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 /*
|
|
|
4801 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
4802 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
4803 */
|
|
|
4804 void
|
|
|
4805 gui_mch_start_blink()
|
|
|
4806 {
|
|
|
4807 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4808 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
4809 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
4812 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
4813 {
|
|
|
4814 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
4815 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
4816 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
4817 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4818 }*/
|
|
|
4819 }
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 /*
|
|
|
4822 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
4823 */
|
|
|
4824 long_u
|
|
|
4825 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
4828 }
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
4833 /*
|
|
|
4834 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
4835 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
4836 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
4837 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
4838 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
4839 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
4840 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
4841 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
4842 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
4843 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
4844 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
4845 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
4846 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
4847 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
4848 *
|
|
|
4849 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
4850 */
|
|
|
4851 char_u *
|
|
|
4852 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
4853 int saving,
|
|
|
4854 char_u *title,
|
|
|
4855 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
4856 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
4857 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
4858 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
4859 {
|
|
|
4860 #if defined (USE_NAVIGATION_SERVICE) || defined (USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
4861 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
4862 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
4863 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4864 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
4865 long numFiles;
|
|
|
4866 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
4867 OSErr error;
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
4870 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
4871
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
4874 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
4875 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
4876 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
4877 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
4878 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
4879
|
|
9
|
4880 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
4881 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
4882 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
4883 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
4884 */
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 if (saving)
|
|
|
4887 {
|
|
|
4888 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
4889 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
4890 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
4891 return NULL;
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893 else
|
|
|
4894 {
|
|
|
4895 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
4896 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4897 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
4898 return NULL;
|
|
|
4899 }
|
|
|
4900
|
|
|
4901 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
4902
|
|
9
|
4903 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 if (fnames)
|
|
|
4906 {
|
|
|
4907 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
4908 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
4912 return fname;
|
|
|
4913 #else
|
|
|
4914 SFTypeList fileTypes;
|
|
|
4915 StandardFileReply reply;
|
|
|
4916 Str255 Prompt;
|
|
|
4917 Str255 DefaultName;
|
|
|
4918 Str255 Directory;
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 /* TODO: split dflt in path and filename */
|
|
|
4921
|
|
9
|
4922 (void) C2PascalString(title, &Prompt);
|
|
|
4923 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &DefaultName);
|
|
|
4924 (void) C2PascalString(initdir, &Directory);
|
|
7
|
4925
|
|
|
4926 if (saving)
|
|
|
4927 {
|
|
|
4928 /* Use a custon filter instead of nil FAQ 9-4 */
|
|
9
|
4929 StandardPutFile(Prompt, DefaultName, &reply);
|
|
7
|
4930 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
4931 return NULL;
|
|
|
4932 }
|
|
|
4933 else
|
|
|
4934 {
|
|
9
|
4935 StandardGetFile(nil, -1, fileTypes, &reply);
|
|
7
|
4936 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
4937 return NULL;
|
|
|
4938 }
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 /* Work fine but append a : for new file */
|
|
9
|
4941 return (FullPathFromFSSpec_save(reply.sfFile));
|
|
7
|
4942
|
|
|
4943 /* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
4944 /* mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
|
|
|
4945 p = shorten_fname(fileBuf, IObuff);
|
|
|
4946 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4947 p = fileBuf;
|
|
|
4948 return vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
4949 */
|
|
|
4950 #endif
|
|
|
4951 }
|
|
|
4952 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
4955 /*
|
|
|
4956 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
4957 */
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 /*
|
|
|
4960 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
4961 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
4962 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
4963 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
4964 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
4965 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
4966 *
|
|
|
4967 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
4968 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
4969 *
|
|
|
4970 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
4971 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
4972 *
|
|
|
4973 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
4974 */
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 typedef struct
|
|
|
4977 {
|
|
|
4978 short idx;
|
|
|
4979 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
4980 Rect box;
|
|
|
4981 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 static void
|
|
|
4986 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
4987 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
4988 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
4989 short X,
|
|
|
4990 short Y,
|
|
|
4991 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
4992 {
|
|
|
4993 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
4994 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
4995 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
4996 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
4997 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
4998 #else
|
|
|
4999 short itemType;
|
|
|
5000 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5001 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5002 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5005 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5006
|
|
9
|
5007 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5008 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5009 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5010 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5011 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5012 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5013 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5014 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5015 #endif
|
|
|
5016 }
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 static void
|
|
|
5019 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5020 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5021 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5022 short width,
|
|
|
5023 short height)
|
|
|
5024 {
|
|
|
5025 short itemType;
|
|
|
5026 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5027 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5028
|
|
9
|
5029 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5032 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5033 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5034 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5035 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5038 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5039 #else
|
|
|
5040 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5041 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5042 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5045 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5046 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5047 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5050 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5051 #endif
|
|
|
5052 }
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 static void
|
|
|
5055 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5056 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5057 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5058 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5059 {
|
|
|
5060 short itemType;
|
|
|
5061 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5062 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5063
|
|
9
|
5064 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5067 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5068 else
|
|
9
|
5069 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 int
|
|
|
5073 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5074 int type,
|
|
|
5075 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5076 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5077 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5078 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5079 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5082 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5083 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5084 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5085 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5086 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5087 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5088 char_u len;
|
|
|
5089 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5090 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5091 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5092 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5093 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5094 Rect box;
|
|
|
5095 short button;
|
|
|
5096 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5097 short itemType;
|
|
|
5098 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5099 short width;
|
|
|
5100 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5101 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5102 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5103 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5104 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5105 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5106 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 short vertical;
|
|
|
5109 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5110 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5111 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5114 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5115 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5116 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5121 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5124 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5127 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5130 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5131 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5132 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5133 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5134 */
|
|
9
|
5135 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5138 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5139 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5140 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5141 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5142 #else
|
|
9
|
5143 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5144 #endif
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5147 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5148 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5149 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5152 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5153 {
|
|
9
|
5154 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5155 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5159 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5160 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5161 button = 0;
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5164 {
|
|
|
5165 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5166 button++;
|
|
|
5167 len = 0;
|
|
|
5168 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5169 {
|
|
|
5170 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5171 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5172 }
|
|
|
5173 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5174 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5175 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5178 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5181 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5184 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5185 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5186 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5187 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5188 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5189 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5194 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5195 }
|
|
9
|
5196 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5197 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5200 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5201 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5202 switch (type)
|
|
|
5203 {
|
|
|
5204 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5205 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5206 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5207 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5208 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5209 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5210 };
|
|
9
|
5211 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5212 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5213 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5214 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5215 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5216 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5219 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5220 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5221 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5222 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5223 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5224 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5225 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5226 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5229 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5230 {
|
|
|
5231 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
5232 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5233 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5234 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5235 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5236 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5237 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5238 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5239 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5240 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5241 }
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5244 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5245 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5250 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5251 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5254 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5255 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5256 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5259 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5260 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5261 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5264 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5265 {
|
|
|
5266 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5267 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5268 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5269 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5270 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5271 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5272 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5273 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5274 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5278 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5281 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283 else
|
|
|
5284 {
|
|
|
5285 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5286 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5287 }
|
|
|
5288
|
|
|
5289 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5290 {
|
|
|
5291
|
|
9
|
5292 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
5293 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
5294 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
9
|
5296 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5297 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5298 }
|
|
|
5299 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5300 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5301 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5302 else
|
|
|
5303 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5307 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5308 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5311 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5312 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5313 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5314 #endif
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5317 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5318 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5319 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5320
|
|
9
|
5321 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5322 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5323 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5324 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5325 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5326 #else
|
|
9
|
5327 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5328 #endif
|
|
|
5329 #endif
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5332 do
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
9
|
5334 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5335 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5338 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5339 {
|
|
9
|
5340 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5341 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5342 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5343 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5344 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5345 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5346 #endif
|
|
|
5347 STRNCPY(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
|
5348 textfield[name[0]] = NUL;
|
|
|
5349 }
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5352 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5355 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5358 /*
|
|
|
5359 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5360 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5361 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5362 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5363 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
5364 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
5365 */
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 /*
|
|
|
5370 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5371 */
|
|
|
5372 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5373 void
|
|
|
5374 display_errors()
|
|
|
5375 {
|
|
|
5376 char *p;
|
|
|
5377 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
5380 {
|
|
|
5381 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5382 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5383 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5386 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5387 else
|
|
|
5388 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
9
|
5391 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5392 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
7
|
5393 break;
|
|
|
5394 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5395 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5396 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5397 */
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401 }
|
|
|
5402 #endif
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /*
|
|
|
5405 * Get current y mouse coordinate in text window.
|
|
|
5406 * Return -1 when unknown.
|
|
|
5407 */
|
|
|
5408 int
|
|
|
5409 gui_mch_get_mouse_x()
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 Point where;
|
|
|
5412
|
|
|
5413 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 return (where.h);
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 int
|
|
|
5419 gui_mch_get_mouse_y()
|
|
|
5420 {
|
|
|
5421 Point where;
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 return (where.v);
|
|
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 void
|
|
|
5429 gui_mch_setmouse(x, y)
|
|
|
5430 int x;
|
|
|
5431 int y;
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5434 #if 0
|
|
|
5435 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5438 Point where;
|
|
|
5439
|
|
9
|
5440 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5441 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5442 {
|
|
|
5443 /* New way */
|
|
|
5444
|
|
|
5445 /*
|
|
|
5446 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5447 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5448 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5449 *
|
|
|
5450 */
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 do
|
|
|
5455 {
|
|
|
5456 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5457 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5458 }
|
|
9
|
5459 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463 else
|
|
|
5464 {
|
|
|
5465 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5466 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5467 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5470 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5471 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5472 }
|
|
|
5473 #endif
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 void
|
|
|
5477 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu)
|
|
|
5478 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
5481 /*
|
|
|
5482 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5483 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5484 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5485 */
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5488 Point where;
|
|
|
5489 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5490 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5491 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5492 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5493 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5494 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5497 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5500 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5501 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5502
|
|
|
5503 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5504
|
|
|
5505 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
5506 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
5507
|
|
|
5508 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
|
5510 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5513 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
5514 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5515 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5520 }
|
|
|
5521 }
|
|
|
5522
|
|
|
5523 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5524 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5525 #endif
|
|
|
5526 }
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5529 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5530 void
|
|
|
5531 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 # ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
5534 printf("Writing Buf...\n");
|
|
7
|
5535 # endif
|
|
9
|
5536 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5537 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5538 }
|
|
|
5539 #endif
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5542 /*
|
|
|
5543 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5544 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5545 */
|
|
|
5546 void
|
|
|
5547 gui_mch_settitle(title, icon)
|
|
|
5548 char_u *title;
|
|
|
5549 char_u *icon;
|
|
|
5550 {
|
|
|
5551 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5552 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5553 */
|
|
|
5554 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
|
5555
|
|
|
5556 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5557 return;
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5560 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5563 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5564 }
|
|
|
5565 }
|
|
|
5566 #endif
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 /*
|
|
|
5569 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5570 */
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 int
|
|
9
|
5573 C2PascalString(CString, PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5574 char_u *CString;
|
|
|
5575 Str255 *PascalString;
|
|
|
5576 {
|
|
|
5577 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5578 int len;
|
|
|
5579 int i;
|
|
|
5580
|
|
|
5581 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5582 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5583 return 0;
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5586 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5587 len = 255;
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5590 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5591
|
|
|
5592 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 return 0;
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 int
|
|
9
|
5598 GetFSSpecFromPath(file, fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5599 char_u *file;
|
|
|
5600 FSSpec *fileFSSpec;
|
|
|
5601 {
|
|
|
5602 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5603 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5604 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5605 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5606
|
|
9
|
5607 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5610 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5611 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5612 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5613
|
|
9
|
5614 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5617 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5620 return 0;
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 /*
|
|
|
5624 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5625 */
|
|
|
5626
|
|
9
|
5627 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5628 {
|
|
|
5629 /*
|
|
|
5630 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5631 */
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5634 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5635 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5636 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5637 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5638 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5639 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5640 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5641 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5642 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5643 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5644 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5645 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5646 #else
|
|
|
5647 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5648 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5649 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5650 #endif
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5653 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5654 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5655 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5656
|
|
|
5657 if (error)
|
|
|
5658 return NULL;
|
|
|
5659 #endif
|
|
|
5660
|
|
|
5661 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
|
5662 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
|
5663 filenamePtr[file.name[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5664
|
|
|
5665 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5666 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5667 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5668 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5669 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
5670 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5671
|
|
|
5672 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5673 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5674 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5675
|
|
|
5676 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5677 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5678 return NULL;
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5681 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5682 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5683 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5684 else
|
|
|
5685 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5688 /*
|
|
|
5689 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5690 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5691 */
|
|
|
5692 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5693 {
|
|
|
5694 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5695 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5696 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5697 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5698 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5699 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5700 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5701 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5702 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5703 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5704 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5705 if (error)
|
|
|
5706 return NULL;
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5709 if (error)
|
|
|
5710 return NULL;
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5713 if (status)
|
|
|
5714 return NULL;
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5717 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5718 }
|
|
|
5719 else
|
|
|
5720 {
|
|
|
5721 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5722 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5723 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5724 if (error)
|
|
|
5725 return NULL;
|
|
|
5726
|
|
9
|
5727 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5728 if (status)
|
|
|
5729 return NULL;
|
|
|
5730 }
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5733 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5734 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5737 #else
|
|
|
5738 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5739 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5740 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
5743 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
5744 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5745 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5746
|
|
9
|
5747 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
5748 do
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
|
5750 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5751 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5752 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5753 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5754 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5755
|
|
|
5756 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5757 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5758 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5759
|
|
|
5760 if (error)
|
|
|
5761 return NULL;
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
5764 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5765 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
5766 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5767 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
5768 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
5771 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
5772 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
5773 #else
|
|
|
5774 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
5775 #endif
|
|
|
5776
|
|
|
5777 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
5778 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5779 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5780 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5781 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5782 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5785 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5786 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 if (error)
|
|
|
5789 return NULL;
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
5792 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
5793 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
5794 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5795 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
5796 #endif
|
|
|
5797 {
|
|
|
5798 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
5799 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5800 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
5801 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5802 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
5803 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5806 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5807 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5808 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
5809 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5810 #endif
|
|
|
5811 }
|
|
|
5812
|
|
|
5813 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
5814 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5815 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
5818 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5819 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
5820 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
5821 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5822 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
5823 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 char *p;
|
|
|
5826 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
5827 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
5828 *p = '/';
|
|
|
5829 }
|
|
|
5830 #endif
|
|
|
5831
|
|
9
|
5832 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
5833 #endif
|
|
|
5834 }
|
|
|
5835
|
|
|
5836 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5837 /*
|
|
|
5838 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
5839 */
|
|
|
5840
|
|
|
5841 /*
|
|
|
5842 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
5843 */
|
|
|
5844 void
|
|
|
5845 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 /*
|
|
|
5851 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
5852 */
|
|
|
5853 void
|
|
|
5854 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
5855 {
|
|
|
5856 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
5857 }
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 /*
|
|
|
5860 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
5861 */
|
|
|
5862 int
|
|
|
5863 im_get_status()
|
|
|
5864 {
|
|
|
5865 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
5866 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
5867 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
5868 }
|
|
|
5869 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
